1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
347 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
351 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
353 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
355 /* xgettext:c-format */
356 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
357 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
358 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
360 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
364 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
367 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
368 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
369 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
370 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
371 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
372 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
373 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
376 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
377 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
380 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
382 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
386 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
397 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
403 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
405 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
407 elf_section_list
* entry
;
408 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
410 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
411 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
414 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
417 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
419 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
424 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
426 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
427 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
428 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
429 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
430 the index table will not be needed. */
434 /* Read the symbols. */
436 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
438 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
439 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
440 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
441 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
442 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
444 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
445 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
447 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
448 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
449 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
455 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
459 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
460 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
461 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
463 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
464 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
465 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
467 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
468 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
469 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
476 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
479 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
480 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
481 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
485 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
486 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
487 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
488 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
490 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
491 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
493 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
494 /* xgettext:c-format */
495 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
496 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
497 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
498 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
505 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
507 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
508 free (alloc_extshndx
);
513 /* Look up a symbol name. */
515 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
517 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
521 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
522 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
524 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
525 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
526 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
528 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
529 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
532 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
535 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
536 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
541 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
542 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
545 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
548 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
550 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
551 signature just a string? */
554 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
557 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
558 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
559 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
561 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
562 that it is a symbol table section. */
563 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
565 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
566 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
567 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
570 /* Go read the symbol. */
571 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
572 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
573 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
576 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
579 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
582 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
584 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
586 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
587 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
590 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
592 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
593 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
594 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
597 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
598 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
599 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
600 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
601 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
603 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
605 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
607 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
613 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
614 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
618 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
619 so we can find them quickly. */
622 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
623 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
624 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
625 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
629 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
631 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
633 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
636 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
638 /* Add to list of sections. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
642 /* Read the raw contents. */
643 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
644 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
645 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
646 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
647 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
648 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
651 /* xgettext:c-format */
652 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
658 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
660 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
661 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
665 /* xgettext:c-format */
666 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
669 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
670 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
671 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
675 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
676 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
677 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
679 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
680 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
688 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
689 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
692 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
693 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
694 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
700 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
);
703 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
708 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
709 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
713 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
716 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
717 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
719 (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
726 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
730 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
732 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
733 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
734 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
736 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
737 section is a member. */
739 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
743 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
744 other members to see if any others are linked via
746 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
747 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
749 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
750 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
754 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
755 insert current section in circular list. */
756 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
757 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
758 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
764 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
767 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
769 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
770 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
773 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
775 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
776 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
784 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
786 /* xgettext:c-format */
787 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
795 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
798 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
799 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
802 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
803 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
805 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
806 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
808 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
809 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
810 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
811 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
815 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
816 bed
->link_order_error_handler
817 /* xgettext:c-format */
818 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
823 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
825 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
827 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
828 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
832 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
833 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
837 /* xgettext:c-format */
838 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
839 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
843 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
846 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
847 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
850 /* xgettext:c-format */
851 (_("%B: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
852 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
857 /* Process section groups. */
858 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
861 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
864 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
867 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
868 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
871 /* xgettext:c-format */
872 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
878 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
879 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
882 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
883 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
884 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
885 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
886 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
887 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
888 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
889 relocation sections are in section group in input object
891 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
894 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
896 /* xgettext:c-format */
897 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
899 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
900 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
901 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
904 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
912 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
914 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
918 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
920 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
921 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
922 if (new_name
== NULL
)
926 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
931 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
933 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
934 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
935 if (new_name
== NULL
)
938 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
942 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
943 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
946 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
947 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
953 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
955 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
958 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
962 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
963 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
964 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
966 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
967 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
968 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
970 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
972 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
973 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
974 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
975 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
978 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
979 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
980 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
981 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
982 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
983 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
986 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
989 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
990 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
991 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
993 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
995 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
998 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1000 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1001 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1002 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1003 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1005 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1006 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1007 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1008 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1010 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1012 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1013 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1014 if (name
[0] == '.')
1019 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1020 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1021 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1022 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1023 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1024 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1026 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1028 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1029 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1032 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1033 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1037 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1038 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1039 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1040 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1041 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1042 all but one of the sections. */
1043 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1044 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1045 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1047 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1048 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1049 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1052 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1055 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1056 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1057 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1058 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1062 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1065 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_offset
);
1069 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1071 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1072 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1074 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1075 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1076 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1077 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1078 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1079 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1080 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1082 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1084 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1087 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1088 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1090 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1091 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1092 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1093 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1095 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1096 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1097 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1099 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1100 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1101 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1102 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1103 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1104 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1105 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1106 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1107 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1109 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1110 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1111 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1112 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1113 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1114 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1115 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1121 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1122 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1123 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1124 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1125 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1127 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1128 int compression_header_size
;
1129 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1130 bfd_boolean compressed
1131 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1132 &compression_header_size
,
1133 &uncompressed_size
);
1137 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1138 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1139 action
= decompress
;
1142 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1143 section. Check if we should compress. */
1144 if (action
== nothing
)
1146 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1147 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1148 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1149 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1151 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1152 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1158 if (action
== compress
)
1160 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1163 /* xgettext:c-format */
1164 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1171 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1174 /* xgettext:c-format */
1175 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1181 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1184 && (action
== decompress
1185 || (action
== compress
1186 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1188 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1189 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1191 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1192 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1194 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1198 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1199 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1200 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1206 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1208 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1209 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1210 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1213 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1214 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1215 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1216 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1217 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1218 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1219 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1220 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1221 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1223 bfd_reloc_status_type
1224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1225 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1227 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1228 asection
*input_section
,
1230 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1232 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1233 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1234 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1235 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1237 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1238 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1241 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1244 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1245 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1246 should be the same. */
1249 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1250 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1253 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1254 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1255 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1256 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1257 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1258 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1259 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1263 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1264 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1265 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1266 to be the correct section. */
1269 find_link (const bfd
* obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
, const unsigned int hint
)
1271 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1274 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1276 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1277 if (oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1278 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1281 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1283 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1285 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1287 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1288 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1289 multiple matches ? */
1296 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1297 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1298 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1301 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1303 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1305 const unsigned int secnum
)
1307 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1308 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1309 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1310 unsigned int sh_link
;
1312 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1314 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1315 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1316 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1317 matched up with the original.
1319 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1320 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1321 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1322 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1323 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1324 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1325 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1326 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1327 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1328 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1329 without any contents. */
1330 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1331 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1332 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1333 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1337 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1338 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1339 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1340 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1343 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1344 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1345 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1346 in the input bfd. */
1347 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1349 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1350 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1352 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1353 /* xgettext:c-format */
1354 (_("%B: Invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1355 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1359 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1360 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1362 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1366 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1367 if we could not find a match ? */
1368 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1369 /* xgettext:c-format */
1370 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1373 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1375 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1376 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1378 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1380 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1382 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1383 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1386 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1387 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1389 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1391 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1395 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1396 /* xgettext:c-format */
1397 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1403 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1407 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1409 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1410 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1411 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1414 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1415 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1418 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1420 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1421 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1424 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1426 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1427 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1428 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1430 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1431 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1432 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1433 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1435 /* Copy object attributes. */
1436 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1438 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1441 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1443 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1444 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1447 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1449 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1450 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1451 files. See below for more details. */
1453 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1454 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1457 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1458 fields have already been initialised. */
1459 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1460 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1463 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1464 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1465 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1467 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1469 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1472 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1473 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1474 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1475 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1477 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1478 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1479 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1480 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1481 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1482 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1487 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1490 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1491 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1492 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1493 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1495 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1497 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1500 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1501 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1502 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1504 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1505 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1506 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1507 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1508 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1509 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1510 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1511 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1512 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1513 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1515 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1520 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1522 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1523 with a NULL input section. */
1524 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1525 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1533 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1538 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1539 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1540 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1541 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1542 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1543 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1544 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1545 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1546 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1547 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1548 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1549 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1554 /* Print out the program headers. */
1557 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1559 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1560 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1562 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1564 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1569 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1570 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1571 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1573 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1578 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1581 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1582 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1583 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1584 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1585 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1586 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1587 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1588 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1589 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1590 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1591 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1592 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1593 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1594 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1595 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1596 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1597 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1602 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1605 unsigned int elfsec
;
1606 unsigned long shlink
;
1607 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1609 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1611 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1613 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1616 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1617 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1619 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1621 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1622 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1625 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1626 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1628 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1629 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1631 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1633 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1634 const char *name
= "";
1636 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1637 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1639 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1641 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1648 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1649 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1651 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1653 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1658 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1659 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1660 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1661 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1662 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1663 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1664 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1665 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1666 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1667 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1668 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1669 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1670 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1671 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1672 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1673 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1674 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1675 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1676 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1677 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1678 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1679 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1680 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1681 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1682 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1683 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1684 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1685 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1686 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1687 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1688 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1689 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1690 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1691 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1692 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1693 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1694 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1695 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1696 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1697 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1698 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1699 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1700 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1701 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1702 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1703 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1704 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1705 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1706 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1707 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1708 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1709 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1710 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1711 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1712 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1713 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1714 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1715 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1718 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1722 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1727 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1729 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1732 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1741 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1742 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1744 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1748 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1750 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1752 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1753 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1755 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1756 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1757 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1758 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1760 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1763 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1767 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1773 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1775 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1777 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1778 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1780 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1782 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1783 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1784 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1785 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1786 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1787 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1799 /* Get version string. */
1802 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1803 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1805 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1806 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1807 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1809 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1811 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1812 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1815 version_string
= "";
1816 else if (vernum
== 1)
1817 version_string
= "Base";
1818 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1823 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1825 version_string
= "";
1826 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1830 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1832 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1834 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1836 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1843 return version_string
;
1846 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1849 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1852 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1854 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1857 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1858 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1860 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1861 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1862 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1863 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1865 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1867 const char *section_name
;
1868 const char *name
= NULL
;
1869 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1870 unsigned char st_other
;
1872 const char *version_string
;
1875 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1877 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1878 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1879 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1883 name
= symbol
->name
;
1884 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1887 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1888 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1889 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1890 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1891 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1892 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1893 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1895 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1896 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1898 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1899 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1905 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1910 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1911 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1916 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1917 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1922 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1923 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1924 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1926 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1928 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1931 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1937 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1939 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1942 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1944 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1945 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1948 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1949 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1950 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1951 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1953 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1958 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1959 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1960 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1961 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1962 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1963 can expect to recurse at least once.
1965 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1966 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1968 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1969 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1970 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1972 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1973 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1974 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1975 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1977 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1980 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1983 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1986 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1987 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1988 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1993 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1994 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1997 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2000 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2001 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2002 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2003 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2004 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2005 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2006 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2007 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2008 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2009 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2012 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2013 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2016 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2018 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2019 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2020 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2023 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2024 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2025 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2027 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2032 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2034 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2038 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2039 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2040 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2041 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2043 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2044 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2048 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2050 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2051 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2053 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2054 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2056 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2064 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2065 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2068 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2071 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2073 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2075 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2076 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2077 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2082 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2083 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2084 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2087 /* xgettext:c-format */
2088 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2092 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2093 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2094 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2095 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2097 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2098 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2099 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2100 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2101 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2103 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2104 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2105 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2109 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2110 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2111 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2113 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2114 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2116 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2117 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2120 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2121 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2123 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2125 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2126 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2131 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2133 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2135 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2136 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2141 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2142 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2146 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2147 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2150 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2153 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2155 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2158 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2159 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2160 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2165 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2166 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2167 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2170 /* xgettext:c-format */
2171 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2175 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2176 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2177 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2178 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2180 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2181 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2182 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2185 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2187 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2189 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2190 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2193 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2196 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2198 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2199 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2200 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2204 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2205 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2208 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2210 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2211 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2215 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2219 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2223 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2226 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2227 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2228 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2229 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2231 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2236 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2237 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2238 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2239 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2241 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2243 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2244 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2246 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2247 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2249 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2252 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2254 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2256 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2257 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2261 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2266 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2268 asection
*target_sect
;
2269 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2270 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2271 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2274 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2275 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2278 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2279 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2282 /* xgettext:c-format */
2283 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2284 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2285 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2290 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2291 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2292 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2293 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2294 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2295 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2296 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2298 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2299 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2300 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2301 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2307 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2309 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2310 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2321 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2324 /* Get the symbol table. */
2325 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2326 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2327 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2330 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2331 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2332 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2333 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2334 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2335 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2336 sh_link points to the null section. */
2337 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2338 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2339 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2340 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2341 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2342 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2344 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2349 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2352 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2353 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2356 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2357 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2358 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2360 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2362 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2365 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2370 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2371 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2372 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2373 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2374 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2375 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2376 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2377 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2379 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2380 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2382 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2386 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2387 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2388 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2389 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2392 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2393 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2396 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2397 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2398 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2401 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2402 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2403 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2404 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2411 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2414 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2417 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2419 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2420 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2425 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2426 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2427 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2429 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2432 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2436 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2437 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2438 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2440 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2448 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2449 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2450 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2452 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2454 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2458 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2459 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2462 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2464 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2465 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2466 for applications? */
2468 /* xgettext:c-format */
2469 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2470 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2471 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2474 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2475 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2480 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2481 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2482 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2484 /* xgettext:c-format */
2485 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2487 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2488 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2490 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2491 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2492 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2493 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2494 be rejected with an error message. */
2496 /* xgettext:c-format */
2497 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2499 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2502 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2503 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2508 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2510 /* xgettext:c-format */
2511 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2512 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2520 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2521 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2522 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2524 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2525 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2530 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2533 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2535 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2537 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2539 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2541 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2542 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2543 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2545 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2546 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2547 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2550 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2552 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2555 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2558 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2561 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2565 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2567 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2569 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2572 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2574 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2575 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2578 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2580 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2581 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2584 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2586 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2587 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2588 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2589 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2590 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2591 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2592 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2593 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2594 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2595 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2596 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2597 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2598 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2599 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2602 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2604 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2605 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2606 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2609 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2611 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2612 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2613 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2614 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2616 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2617 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2618 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2619 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2620 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2623 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2626 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2629 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2634 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2637 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2640 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2643 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2647 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2650 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2654 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2657 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2661 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2662 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2663 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2666 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2671 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2672 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2673 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2674 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2677 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2682 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2685 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2691 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2694 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2696 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2697 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2698 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2700 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2701 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2702 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2703 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2706 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2708 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2710 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2712 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2713 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2714 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2720 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2723 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2724 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2725 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2731 len
= strlen (name
);
2733 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2736 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2738 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2740 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2743 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2744 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2746 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2748 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2750 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2751 && (suffix_len
== -2
2752 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2758 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2760 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2761 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2771 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2772 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2775 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2776 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2778 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2779 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2782 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2783 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2786 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2787 bed
->special_sections
,
2793 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2796 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2797 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2800 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2805 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2809 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2811 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2812 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2813 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2815 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2818 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2822 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2825 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2826 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2827 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2829 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2830 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2831 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2832 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2833 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2834 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2835 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2836 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2837 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2838 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2839 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2841 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2844 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2845 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2846 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2848 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2849 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2853 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2856 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2858 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2859 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2860 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2861 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2863 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2864 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2865 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2866 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2867 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2868 of combined data+bss.
2870 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2871 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2872 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2873 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2874 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2879 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2880 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2882 const char *type_name
)
2890 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2891 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2892 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2894 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2896 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2897 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2898 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2901 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2902 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2903 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2905 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2906 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2907 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2908 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2909 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2910 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2911 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2913 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2914 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2915 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2917 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2919 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2922 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2924 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2928 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2932 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2933 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2934 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2937 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2938 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2939 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2941 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2942 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2943 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2944 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2945 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2946 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2947 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2948 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2949 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2951 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2952 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2953 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2954 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2955 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2956 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2957 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2959 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2960 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2961 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2963 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2964 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2971 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2973 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2975 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2978 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2981 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2987 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2990 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2992 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2997 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3000 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3002 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3003 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3007 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3010 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3013 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3014 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3015 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3019 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3023 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3025 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3027 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3028 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3031 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3035 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3037 const char *sec_name
,
3038 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3040 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3041 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3045 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3047 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3049 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3055 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3056 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3057 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3061 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3062 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3063 const char *sec_name
,
3064 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3065 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3067 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3068 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3070 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3071 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3072 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3074 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3075 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3076 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3079 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3080 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3081 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3082 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3083 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3084 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3085 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3086 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3087 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3092 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3095 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3097 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3098 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3100 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3103 struct fake_section_arg
3105 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3109 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3112 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3114 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3115 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3116 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3117 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3118 unsigned int sh_type
;
3119 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3120 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3124 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3129 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3133 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3134 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3135 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3139 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3141 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3143 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3144 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3145 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3146 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3149 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3151 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3152 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3154 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3155 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3159 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3160 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3168 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3170 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3171 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3172 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3173 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3174 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3175 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3180 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3185 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3186 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3190 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3192 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3199 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3201 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3202 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3203 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3205 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3207 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3208 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3209 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3210 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3211 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3214 /* xgettext:c-format */
3215 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3216 abfd
, asect
, asect
->alignment_power
);
3220 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3221 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3222 copy_private_section_data. */
3224 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3225 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3227 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3229 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3230 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3232 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3234 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3235 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3236 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3237 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3238 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3240 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3241 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3242 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3243 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3245 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3246 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3249 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3260 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3261 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3262 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3263 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3267 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3271 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3275 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3279 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3280 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3284 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3285 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3288 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3289 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3292 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3293 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3294 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3295 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3297 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3298 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3300 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3301 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3304 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3305 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3306 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3307 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3309 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3310 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3312 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3313 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3317 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3321 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3325 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3326 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3327 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3328 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3329 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3330 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3331 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3333 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3334 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3336 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3337 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3338 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3339 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3340 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3342 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3343 if (asect
->size
== 0
3344 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3346 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3348 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3351 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3352 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3353 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3357 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3358 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3360 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3361 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3362 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3363 create the other. */
3364 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3366 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3369 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3370 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3371 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3372 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3374 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3375 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3381 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3382 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3389 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3391 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3398 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3399 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3400 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3401 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3404 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3406 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3407 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3408 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3412 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3413 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3414 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3415 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3418 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3420 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3421 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3425 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3427 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3431 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3433 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3435 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3437 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3438 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3442 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3443 elf_section_syms. */
3444 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3445 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3447 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3449 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3451 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3452 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3453 set until all local symbols are output. */
3455 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3456 unsigned long symndx
;
3457 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3458 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3460 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3461 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3462 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3463 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3464 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3465 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3467 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3469 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3471 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3472 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3474 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3475 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3476 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3477 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3479 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3482 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3484 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3487 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3489 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3490 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3491 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3498 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3500 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3501 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3502 start of the input section group. */
3503 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3505 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3506 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3507 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3508 directives, not that it matters. */
3515 s
= s
->output_section
;
3517 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3519 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3522 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3524 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3529 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3532 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3535 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3538 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3544 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3547 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3548 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3551 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3552 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3553 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3558 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3559 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3560 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3561 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3562 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3564 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3565 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3567 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3568 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
3573 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3577 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3578 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3579 in here too, while we're at it. */
3582 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3584 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3586 unsigned int section_number
;
3587 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3588 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3589 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3593 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3595 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3596 if (link_info
== NULL
|| bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
3598 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3600 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3601 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3603 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3605 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3607 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3609 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3610 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3611 abfd
->section_count
--;
3614 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3617 /* Count relocations. */
3618 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3621 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3622 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3623 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3626 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3628 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3630 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3631 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3632 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3633 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3636 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3637 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3638 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3645 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3646 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3647 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3653 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3654 || (link_info
== NULL
3655 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3659 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3660 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3661 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3663 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3665 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3667 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3668 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3669 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3671 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3672 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3673 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3676 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3677 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3680 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3681 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3682 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3684 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3686 /* xgettext:c-format */
3687 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3688 abfd
, section_number
);
3692 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3693 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3695 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3697 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3698 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3699 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3702 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3703 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3704 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3706 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3710 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3712 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3715 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3716 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3718 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3719 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3720 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3721 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3723 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3724 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3727 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3731 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3733 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3734 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3735 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3736 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3737 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3739 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3741 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3742 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3743 the relocation entries apply. */
3744 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3746 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3747 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3748 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3750 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3752 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3753 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3754 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3757 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3758 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3760 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3763 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3764 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3766 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3767 if (discarded_section (s
))
3771 /* xgettext:c-format */
3772 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3773 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3775 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3776 size as the discarded one. */
3777 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3786 s
= s
->output_section
;
3787 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3791 /* Handle objcopy. */
3792 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3795 /* xgettext:c-format */
3796 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3797 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3801 s
= s
->output_section
;
3803 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3808 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3809 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3810 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3812 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3813 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3814 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3815 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3816 /* xgettext:c-format */
3817 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3822 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3826 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3827 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3828 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3829 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3830 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3831 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3832 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3834 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3836 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3839 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3840 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3845 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3846 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3847 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3848 field to point to this section. */
3849 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3850 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3855 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3856 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3859 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3860 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3861 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3865 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3867 /* This is a .stab section. */
3868 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3869 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3870 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3877 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3878 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3879 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3880 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3882 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3884 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3887 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3888 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3889 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3890 the version strings. */
3891 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3892 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3894 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3899 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3900 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3901 this hash table or version table is for. */
3902 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3904 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3908 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3912 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3913 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3914 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3920 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3922 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3923 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3924 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3925 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3927 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3928 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3929 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3932 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3933 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3934 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3935 the beginning of that array.
3937 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3940 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3941 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
3943 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
3945 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
3947 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
3948 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
3949 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3951 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3954 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3957 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3959 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
3962 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
3965 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
3970 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3971 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3974 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3976 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3978 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3981 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3982 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3983 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3984 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3985 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3986 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3987 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3988 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3991 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3992 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3995 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3997 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3998 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3999 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4000 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4001 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4002 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4003 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4004 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4010 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4014 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4016 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4017 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4021 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4022 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4024 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4025 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4027 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4028 decided to output. */
4029 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4031 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4033 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4035 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4036 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4038 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4040 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4041 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4043 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4047 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4048 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4050 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4052 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4056 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4057 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4058 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4059 at least in that case. */
4060 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4062 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4064 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4071 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4072 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4073 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4075 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4078 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4080 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4083 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4084 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4085 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4090 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4092 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4094 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4096 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4099 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4100 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4103 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4105 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4109 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4111 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4115 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4116 ELF data structure. */
4118 static inline file_ptr
4119 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4121 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4124 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4125 required section alignment. */
4128 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4132 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4133 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4134 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4135 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4136 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4137 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4138 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4142 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4143 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4144 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4147 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4148 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4151 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4153 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4154 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4155 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4157 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4160 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4161 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4162 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4164 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4167 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4168 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4170 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4171 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4172 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4176 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4179 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4180 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4181 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4182 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4186 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4187 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4189 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4194 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4196 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4201 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4202 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4203 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4204 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4205 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4206 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4207 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4208 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4209 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4210 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4211 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4213 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4219 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4221 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4223 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4224 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4226 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4228 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4229 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4230 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4231 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4234 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4235 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4237 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4239 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4241 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4242 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4244 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4247 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4252 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4253 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4255 static bfd_size_type
4256 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4260 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4262 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4263 and one for data. */
4266 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4267 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4269 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4270 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4271 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4276 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4278 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4282 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4284 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4288 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4290 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4294 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4296 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4300 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4302 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4303 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4305 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4307 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4308 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4309 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4310 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4311 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4312 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4314 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4315 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4316 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4317 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4318 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4323 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4325 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4327 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4333 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4334 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4335 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4339 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4345 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4348 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4351 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4353 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4354 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4356 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4362 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4363 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4370 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4372 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4373 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4374 asection
**sections
,
4379 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4384 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4385 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4386 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4390 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4391 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4392 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4393 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4395 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4397 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4398 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4399 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4405 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4408 struct elf_segment_map
*
4409 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4411 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4413 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4414 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4418 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4420 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4425 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4428 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4429 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4430 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4432 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4433 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4435 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4436 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4437 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4438 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4440 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4443 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4445 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4447 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4448 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4449 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4451 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4455 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4457 if (remove_empty_load
4458 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4460 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4466 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4467 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4469 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4476 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4479 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4482 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4483 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4484 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4485 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4487 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4490 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4492 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4496 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4497 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4500 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4501 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4503 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4504 bfd_boolean writable
;
4506 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4507 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4509 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4510 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= FALSE
;
4512 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4514 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4515 sizeof (asection
*));
4516 if (sections
== NULL
)
4519 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4520 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4522 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4523 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4526 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4528 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4532 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4533 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4534 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4537 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4540 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4542 /* Build the mapping. */
4547 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4548 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4550 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4551 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4553 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4554 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4558 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4559 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4560 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4561 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4562 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4563 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= TRUE
;
4567 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4568 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4572 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4580 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4581 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4582 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4586 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4587 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4588 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4589 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4590 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4593 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4595 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4598 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4599 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4600 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4601 program headers we will need. */
4604 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4606 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4607 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4608 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4609 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4610 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4611 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4612 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4613 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4615 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4616 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4617 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4618 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4619 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4620 force the inclusion if we can... */
4621 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4622 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
)
4623 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4625 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4629 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4632 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4636 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4639 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4641 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4642 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4643 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4645 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4647 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4648 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4652 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4653 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4655 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4656 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4659 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4660 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4661 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4662 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4663 section can be included in the current segment. */
4664 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4666 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4669 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4670 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4673 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4674 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0
4675 && ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4676 || (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4677 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
))))
4679 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4680 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4681 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4682 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4683 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4684 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4685 in the same segment. */
4688 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4690 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4691 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4692 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4693 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4696 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4697 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4698 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4700 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4701 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4702 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4703 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4704 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4705 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4706 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4711 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4712 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4715 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4716 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4718 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4720 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4726 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4729 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4730 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4731 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4732 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4738 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4739 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4741 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4748 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4754 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4755 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4756 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4760 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4763 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4765 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4766 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4767 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4768 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4770 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4778 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4781 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4788 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4789 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4790 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4791 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4792 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4794 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4796 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4797 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4802 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4803 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4804 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4806 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4807 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4808 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4809 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4815 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4816 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4820 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4824 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4825 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4828 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4829 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4833 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4841 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4844 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4845 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4846 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4851 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4852 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4854 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4856 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4858 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4861 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4864 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4866 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4868 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4872 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4875 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4886 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4888 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4889 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4890 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4892 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4893 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4897 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4899 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4905 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4907 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4908 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4912 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4913 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4914 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4915 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4916 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4917 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4919 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4920 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4927 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4929 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4931 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4933 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4934 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4937 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4938 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4939 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4942 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4947 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4950 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4951 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4955 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4962 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4965 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4968 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4970 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4975 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4980 /* Sort sections by address. */
4983 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4985 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4986 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4987 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4989 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4990 place the section into a segment. */
4991 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4993 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4996 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4997 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4998 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5000 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5003 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5005 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5011 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5012 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5013 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
5014 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5019 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5024 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5025 before others at the same address. */
5027 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5028 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5035 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5038 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5040 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5041 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5042 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5043 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5044 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5047 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5048 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5050 /* In other words, something like:
5052 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5053 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5054 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5055 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5057 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5059 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5062 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5064 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5065 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5067 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5071 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5074 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5079 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5080 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5081 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5082 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5083 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5084 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5086 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5087 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5091 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5092 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5093 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5099 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5104 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5106 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5109 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5114 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5115 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5119 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5120 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5122 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5123 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5124 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5125 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5127 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5128 unsigned int pt_load_count
= 0;
5131 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5133 if (link_info
== NULL
5134 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5138 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5142 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5147 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5148 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5152 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5153 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5154 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5157 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5159 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5160 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5162 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5163 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5167 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5171 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5172 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5173 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5174 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5175 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5177 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5178 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5179 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5180 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5182 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5184 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5185 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5186 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5191 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5192 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5194 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5195 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5196 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5202 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5204 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5208 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5210 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5211 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5212 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5213 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5214 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5216 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5217 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5218 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5221 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5222 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5223 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5224 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5225 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5226 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5227 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5232 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5234 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5235 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5236 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5239 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5241 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5242 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5244 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5245 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5246 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5247 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5248 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5249 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5250 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5252 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5253 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5255 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5258 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5259 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5260 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5261 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5265 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5267 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5270 bfd_size_type align
;
5271 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5273 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5277 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5279 unsigned int secalign
;
5281 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5282 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5283 align_power
= secalign
;
5285 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5286 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5287 align
= maxpagesize
;
5290 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5291 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5292 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5293 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5294 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5295 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5297 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5300 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5301 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5303 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5307 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5309 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5310 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5312 if (pt_load_count
> 1
5313 && bed
->no_page_alias
5314 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5315 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5316 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5320 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5321 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5322 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5323 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5324 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5325 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5326 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5327 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5332 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5333 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5334 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5336 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5339 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
5341 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5344 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5345 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5346 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5347 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5353 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5355 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5357 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5358 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5361 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5362 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5363 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5366 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
5368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5373 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5378 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5380 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5383 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5385 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5389 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5390 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5391 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5395 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5396 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5399 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5400 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5404 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5405 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5407 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5413 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5415 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5416 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5420 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5421 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5422 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5423 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5424 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5425 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5428 bfd_size_type align
;
5429 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5432 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5433 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5435 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5436 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5437 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5438 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5439 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5440 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5442 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5443 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5444 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5445 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5449 || p_end
< p_start
))
5452 /* xgettext:c-format */
5453 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5454 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5458 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5460 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5462 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5464 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5465 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5467 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5468 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5472 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5476 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5478 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5482 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5483 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5484 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5490 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5499 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5501 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5502 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5503 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5505 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5506 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5507 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5509 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5510 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5511 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5512 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5513 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5514 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5516 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5518 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5521 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5523 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5524 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5525 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5526 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5527 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5528 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5530 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5532 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5533 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5535 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5537 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5538 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5541 if (align
> p
->p_align
5542 && !m
->p_align_valid
5543 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5544 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5548 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5551 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5553 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5560 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5561 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5562 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5564 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5566 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5567 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5568 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5569 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5570 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5571 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5573 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5578 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5580 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5583 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5584 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5585 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5586 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5589 /* xgettext:c-format */
5590 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5592 print_segment_map (m
);
5598 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5602 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5605 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5606 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5608 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5609 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5610 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5611 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5612 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5613 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5614 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5615 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5616 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5620 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5621 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5622 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5623 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5625 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5628 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5629 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5630 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5631 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5632 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5633 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5635 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5637 /* xgettext:c-format */
5638 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5640 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5642 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5643 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5644 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5645 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5648 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5650 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5653 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5654 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5655 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5656 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5657 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5658 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5659 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5660 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5661 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5662 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5663 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5665 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5668 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5669 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5673 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5675 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5676 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5677 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5680 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5683 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5685 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5686 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5688 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5690 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5691 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5692 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5695 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5696 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5701 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5703 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5704 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5705 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5707 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5708 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5709 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5710 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5712 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5713 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5714 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5715 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5718 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5719 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5720 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5722 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5723 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5732 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5733 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5737 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5738 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5741 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5742 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5747 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5749 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5751 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5752 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5754 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5756 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5758 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5760 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5762 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5763 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5765 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5769 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5773 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5774 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5775 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5777 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5778 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5783 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5785 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5786 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5787 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5788 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5789 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5790 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5791 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5794 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5795 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5796 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5797 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5798 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5800 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5802 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5807 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5808 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5811 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5813 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5814 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5816 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5820 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5821 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5822 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5824 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5825 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5826 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
5832 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5834 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5836 (_("%B: error: non-load segment %d includes file header and/or program header"),
5837 abfd
, (int)(p
- phdrs
));
5842 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5843 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5845 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5846 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5847 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5849 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5856 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5858 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5859 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5860 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5862 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5864 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5865 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5866 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5870 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5875 static elf_section_list
*
5876 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
5878 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
5884 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5885 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5886 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5888 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5889 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5890 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5891 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5892 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5893 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5894 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5896 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5899 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5900 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5902 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5903 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5904 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5906 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5907 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5909 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5910 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5911 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5915 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5916 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5918 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5919 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5920 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5921 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5923 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5926 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5927 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5928 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5929 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5930 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5931 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5932 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5933 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5934 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
5935 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
5937 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5940 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5943 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5949 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5950 assignment of sections to segments. */
5951 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5954 /* And for non-load sections. */
5955 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5958 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5960 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5964 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5965 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
5967 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5968 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5969 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5971 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5972 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5973 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5974 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5975 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5977 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5978 segments is non-zero. */
5980 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5983 /* Write out the program headers. */
5984 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5986 /* Sort the program headers into the ordering required by the ELF standard. */
5990 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
5991 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
5992 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
5993 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
5994 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
5995 catch all real world use cases.
5997 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
5998 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
5999 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6000 changed or the programs updated. */
6002 && tdata
->phdr
[0].p_type
== PT_PHDR
6003 && ! bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
)
6004 && tdata
->phdr
[1].p_type
== PT_LOAD
6005 && (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
> tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
6006 || (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[1].p_memsz
)
6007 < (tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[0].p_memsz
)))
6009 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6010 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6011 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6012 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6013 %B: error: PHDR segment not covered by LOAD segment"),
6018 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6019 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6027 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6029 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6030 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6033 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6035 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6036 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6039 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6041 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6042 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6043 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6044 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6046 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6047 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6048 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6049 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6051 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6052 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6053 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6054 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6055 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6056 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6058 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6060 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6062 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6063 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6066 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6067 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6068 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6069 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6070 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6071 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6072 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6073 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6075 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6078 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6079 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6081 /* No program header, for now. */
6082 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6083 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6084 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6086 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6087 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6088 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6090 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6091 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6092 /* It all happens later. */
6096 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6097 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6100 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6101 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6102 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6103 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6104 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6105 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6106 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6107 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6108 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6114 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6115 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6118 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6122 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6123 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6124 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6126 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6128 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6129 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6130 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6133 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6135 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6136 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6137 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6139 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6143 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6144 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6146 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6147 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6151 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6152 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6154 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6155 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6157 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6158 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6162 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6163 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6166 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6168 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6170 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6172 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6177 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6182 /* Update section size and contents. */
6183 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6184 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6185 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6187 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6194 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6196 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6197 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6198 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6199 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6201 /* Place the section headers. */
6202 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6203 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6204 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6205 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6206 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6207 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6213 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6215 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6216 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6218 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6219 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6221 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6222 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6225 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6228 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6232 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6235 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6236 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6237 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6239 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6240 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6241 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6242 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6243 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
6244 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6246 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6248 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6249 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6254 /* Write out the section header names. */
6255 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6256 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6257 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6258 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6261 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6262 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6264 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6267 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6268 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6269 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6275 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6277 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6278 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6281 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6284 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6286 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6287 unsigned int sec_index
;
6289 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6290 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6291 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6293 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6294 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6295 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6296 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6297 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6298 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6300 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6302 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6303 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6305 int retval
= sec_index
;
6307 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6311 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6312 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6317 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6321 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6323 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6325 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6327 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6328 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6329 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6330 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6331 input sections rather than the output section. */
6332 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6333 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6334 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6339 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6340 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6341 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6342 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6343 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6344 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6345 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6348 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6352 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6353 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6355 /* xgettext:c-format */
6356 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6357 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6358 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6365 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6366 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
6374 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6377 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6379 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6380 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6381 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6382 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6383 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6386 unsigned int num_segments
;
6387 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6388 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6389 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6390 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6391 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6394 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6395 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6398 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6400 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6401 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6403 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6404 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6405 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6406 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6408 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6409 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6410 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6411 ? section->size : 0)
6413 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6414 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6415 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6416 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6417 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6418 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6420 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6421 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6422 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6423 (section->lma >= base \
6424 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6425 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6427 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6428 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6429 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6430 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6431 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6432 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6433 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6435 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6437 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6439 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6443 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6444 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6445 p_memsz set to 0. */
6446 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6448 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6449 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6450 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6451 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6453 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6454 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6455 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6457 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6458 A section will be included if:
6459 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6460 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6461 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6463 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6464 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6465 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6466 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6467 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6468 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6469 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6470 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6471 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6472 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6473 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6474 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6475 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6476 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6477 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6478 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6479 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6480 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6481 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6482 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6483 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6484 || (segment->p_paddr \
6485 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6486 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6487 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6489 && !section->segment_mark)
6491 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6492 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6493 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6494 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6495 && section->output_section != NULL)
6497 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6498 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6499 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6501 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6502 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6503 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6504 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6505 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6507 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6508 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6509 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6510 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6511 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6513 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6514 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6515 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6517 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6518 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6519 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6520 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6521 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6522 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6525 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6527 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6531 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6532 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6533 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6534 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6535 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6540 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6542 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6543 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6544 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6546 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6547 assignment code will work. */
6548 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6552 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6554 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6555 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6556 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6560 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6561 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6563 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6565 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6566 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6569 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6570 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6572 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6574 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6575 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6577 if (extra_length
> 0)
6579 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6580 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6583 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6585 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6587 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6592 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6594 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6595 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6597 if (extra_length
> 0)
6599 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6600 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6603 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6608 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6609 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6613 unsigned int section_count
;
6614 asection
**sections
;
6615 asection
*output_section
;
6617 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6618 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6621 asection
*first_section
;
6622 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6623 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6625 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6628 first_section
= NULL
;
6629 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6630 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6632 section
= section
->next
)
6634 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6635 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6636 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6638 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6639 first_section
= section
;
6640 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6645 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6646 all of the sections we have selected. */
6647 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6648 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6649 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6653 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6654 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6656 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6657 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6658 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6660 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6661 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6663 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6665 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6666 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6669 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6670 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6671 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6672 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6673 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6675 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6677 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6678 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6679 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6680 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6681 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6683 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6684 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6687 if (section_count
== 0)
6689 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6690 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6691 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6692 a warning is produced. */
6693 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
6694 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6695 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6699 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6700 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6705 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6706 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6707 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6708 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6710 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6711 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6714 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6715 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6716 of the first section.
6718 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6719 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6720 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6721 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6722 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6724 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6725 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6726 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6727 or segments to contain the other sections.
6729 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6730 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6731 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6733 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6734 if (sections
== NULL
)
6737 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6738 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6739 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6740 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6741 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6746 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6747 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6749 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6751 section
= section
->next
)
6753 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6755 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6757 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6759 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6760 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6761 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6762 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6764 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6765 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6767 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6768 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6769 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6772 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6774 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6776 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6778 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6779 LMA address of the output section. */
6780 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6781 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6782 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6783 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6785 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6787 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6788 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6791 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6792 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6794 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6796 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6798 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6799 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6802 if (j
== section_count
)
6807 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6809 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6811 if (isec
== section_count
)
6813 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6814 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6815 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6816 program header in the input BFD. */
6817 map
->count
= section_count
;
6818 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6819 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6822 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6823 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6824 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6825 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6826 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6827 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6829 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6836 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6838 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6839 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6840 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6841 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6845 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6846 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6847 the LMA of the first section. */
6848 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6851 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6852 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6853 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6855 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6856 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6859 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6860 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6864 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6866 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6868 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6870 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6871 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6872 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6873 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6874 offset when we know the correct value. */
6875 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6876 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6879 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6883 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6884 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6885 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6886 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6887 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6888 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6895 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6897 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6898 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6900 section
= sections
[j
];
6902 if (section
== NULL
)
6905 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6907 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6909 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6910 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6912 if (map
->count
== 0)
6914 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6915 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6917 if (output_section
->lma
6919 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6920 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6921 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6929 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6931 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6932 and the start of this section is more than
6933 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6934 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6936 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6937 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6938 > output_section
->lma
))
6940 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6942 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6943 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6950 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6953 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6955 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6957 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6958 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6962 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6964 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6965 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6966 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6968 if (isec
< section_count
)
6970 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6971 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6972 and carry on looping. */
6973 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6974 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6975 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6982 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6983 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6984 not yet been assigned. */
6986 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6987 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6988 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6989 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6990 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6991 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6992 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6995 while (isec
< section_count
);
7000 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7002 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7003 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7004 the offset if necessary. */
7005 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7009 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7012 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7013 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7014 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7019 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7020 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7022 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7023 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7024 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7025 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7026 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7027 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7031 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7034 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7036 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7037 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7038 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7039 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7040 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7042 unsigned int num_segments
;
7043 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7044 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7046 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7049 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7051 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7052 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7053 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7054 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7055 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7058 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7060 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7064 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7069 unsigned int section_count
;
7071 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7072 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7073 asection
*lowest_section
;
7075 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7076 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7078 section
= section
->next
)
7080 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7081 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7083 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7084 first_section
= section
;
7089 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7090 all of the sections we have selected. */
7091 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7092 if (section_count
!= 0)
7093 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7094 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7098 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7101 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7102 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7103 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7104 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7105 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7106 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7107 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7108 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7110 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7111 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7113 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7114 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7115 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7116 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7117 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7119 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7120 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7123 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7124 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7125 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7126 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7128 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7129 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7131 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7132 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7133 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7134 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7135 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7137 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7138 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7141 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7142 if (section_count
!= 0)
7144 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7146 for (section
= first_section
;
7148 section
= section
->next
)
7150 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7151 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7153 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7154 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7158 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7159 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7160 lowest_section
= section
;
7162 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7163 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7164 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7165 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7167 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7168 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7170 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7171 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7172 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7174 if (isec
== section_count
)
7180 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7181 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7182 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7184 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7185 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7186 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7187 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7188 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7189 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7191 map
->count
= section_count
;
7192 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7193 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7196 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7200 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7204 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7206 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7207 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7210 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7213 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7215 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7216 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7217 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7218 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7219 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7220 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7223 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7225 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7226 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7229 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7230 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7231 section
= section
->next
)
7232 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7234 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7235 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7239 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7240 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7241 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7242 map in this case. */
7243 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7244 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7245 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7248 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7249 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7251 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7252 from the input BFD. */
7253 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7255 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7257 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7258 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7259 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7261 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7262 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7264 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7265 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7266 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7267 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7268 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7269 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7275 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7277 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7278 section
= section
->next
)
7280 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
7283 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7286 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7290 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7292 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7293 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7294 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7296 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7297 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7299 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7302 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7303 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7305 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7306 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7307 /* xgettext:c-format */
7308 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7309 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7310 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
7312 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7315 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7316 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7319 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7322 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7325 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7329 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7332 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7333 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7334 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7336 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7337 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7340 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7342 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7343 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7344 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7345 that the linker clears to differ. */
7346 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7347 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7349 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7350 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7351 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7353 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7354 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7355 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7357 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7358 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7359 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7360 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7363 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7364 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7366 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7367 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7368 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7369 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7372 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7373 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7374 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7378 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7380 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7381 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7382 may be NULL at this point. */
7383 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7385 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7386 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7387 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7390 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7395 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7396 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7399 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7406 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7407 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7410 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7411 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7413 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7415 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7416 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7417 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7418 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7419 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7421 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7425 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7426 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7427 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7428 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7429 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7433 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7437 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7438 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7440 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7441 asection
*s
= first
;
7442 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7446 /* If this member section is being output but the
7447 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7448 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7449 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7450 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7452 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7453 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7455 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7456 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7457 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7458 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7460 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7466 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7468 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7469 adjust the input section size. This function may
7470 be called multiple times, so save the original
7472 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7473 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7474 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7478 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7480 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7488 /* Copy private header information. */
7491 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7493 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7494 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7497 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7498 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7499 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7500 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7501 already been worked out. */
7502 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7504 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7508 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7511 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7512 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7513 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7514 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7515 swap_out_syms function. */
7517 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7518 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7519 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7520 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7521 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7524 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7529 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7531 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7532 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7535 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7536 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7539 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7541 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7545 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7546 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7547 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7548 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7549 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7550 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7552 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7553 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7554 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7555 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7556 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7562 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7565 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7566 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7569 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7572 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7573 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7574 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7575 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7576 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7577 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7578 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7579 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7580 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7582 unsigned int num_locals
;
7584 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7586 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7589 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7590 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7594 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7595 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7596 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7597 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7598 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7599 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7600 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7601 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7603 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7604 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7606 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7607 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7608 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7609 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7611 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7615 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7616 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7617 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7620 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7624 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7625 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7627 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7628 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7630 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7632 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7633 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7635 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7636 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7637 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7638 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7641 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7642 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7643 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7644 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7645 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7647 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7650 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7652 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7653 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7659 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7660 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7661 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7662 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7663 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7664 outbound_syms_index
++;
7665 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7666 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7670 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7671 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7673 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7674 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7676 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7677 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7678 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7679 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7682 if (!name_local_sections
7683 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7685 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7686 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7690 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7691 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7693 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7695 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7699 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7701 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7702 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7704 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7705 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7706 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7707 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7708 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7709 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7710 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7712 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7713 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7714 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7718 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7721 if (sec
->output_section
)
7723 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7724 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7727 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7728 if (! relocatable_p
)
7730 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7731 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7733 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7735 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7737 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7738 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7739 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7740 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7744 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7747 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7750 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7753 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7756 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7757 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7766 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7768 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7772 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7773 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7774 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7775 demand of applications. For example, it
7776 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7777 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7778 actually in the output file. */
7779 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7781 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7782 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7784 /* xgettext:c-format */
7785 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7786 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7787 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7795 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7798 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7800 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7801 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7802 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7804 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7806 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7808 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7813 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7816 /* Processor-specific types. */
7817 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7818 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7819 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7820 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7822 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7824 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7825 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7827 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7829 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7831 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
7833 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
7834 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
7835 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7837 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
7838 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7840 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7842 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7843 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7847 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7848 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7851 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7853 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7855 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7856 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7857 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7859 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7862 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7865 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7867 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7868 sym
.st_target_internal
7869 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7874 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7878 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
7879 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7880 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7882 outbound_syms_index
++;
7883 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7884 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7887 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7888 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
7890 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7891 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
7893 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
7894 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7895 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
7897 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
7898 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
7899 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
7901 + (elfsym
->dest_index
7902 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
7904 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
7905 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
7910 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
7911 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7912 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
7913 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7914 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7915 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7916 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7917 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7922 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7924 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7925 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7926 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7929 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7933 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7935 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7936 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7938 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7944 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7948 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7950 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7956 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7957 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7959 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7965 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7968 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7971 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7974 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7981 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7983 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7986 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7987 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7988 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7992 return section
->reloc_count
;
7996 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7998 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7999 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8002 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8007 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8008 asymbol
**allocation
)
8010 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8011 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8014 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8018 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8019 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8020 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8021 dynamic reloc section. */
8024 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8029 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8031 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8035 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
8036 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8037 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8038 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8039 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8040 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
8041 * sizeof (arelent
*));
8046 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8047 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8048 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8049 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8050 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8051 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8052 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8055 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8059 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8063 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8065 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8069 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8071 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8073 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8074 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8075 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8080 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8082 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8084 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8095 /* Read in the version information. */
8098 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8100 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8101 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8103 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8105 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8106 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8107 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8109 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8111 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8113 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8115 error_return_bad_verref
:
8117 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8119 error_return_verref
:
8120 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8121 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8125 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8126 if (contents
== NULL
)
8127 goto error_return_verref
;
8129 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8130 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8131 goto error_return_verref
;
8133 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8134 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8136 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8137 goto error_return_verref
;
8139 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8140 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8141 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8142 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8143 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8144 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8146 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8147 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8150 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8152 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8154 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8155 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8157 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8158 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8160 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8161 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8164 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8165 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8166 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8167 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8168 goto error_return_verref
;
8171 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8172 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8173 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8175 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8176 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8177 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8178 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8180 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8182 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8183 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8184 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8185 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8186 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8188 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8189 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8191 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8192 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8194 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8197 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8198 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8200 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8201 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8202 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8204 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8205 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8208 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8209 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8211 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8212 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8214 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8215 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8216 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8218 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8219 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8227 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8229 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8230 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8231 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8232 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8233 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8235 unsigned int maxidx
;
8236 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8238 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8240 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8242 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8244 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8245 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8246 error_return_verdef
:
8247 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8248 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8252 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8253 if (contents
== NULL
)
8254 goto error_return_verdef
;
8255 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8256 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8257 goto error_return_verdef
;
8259 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8260 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8261 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8262 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8263 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8264 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8266 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8267 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8269 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8271 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8273 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8275 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8276 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8277 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8278 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8280 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8283 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8284 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8285 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8287 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8288 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8291 if (default_imported_symver
)
8293 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8299 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8300 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8301 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8302 goto error_return_verdef
;
8304 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8306 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8307 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8308 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8310 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8311 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8314 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8316 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8317 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8319 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8320 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8322 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8324 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8325 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8328 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8329 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8330 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8331 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8332 goto error_return_verdef
;
8336 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8337 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8339 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8340 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8341 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8342 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8344 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8346 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8347 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8348 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8349 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8350 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8352 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8353 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8355 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8358 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8359 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8361 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8362 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8363 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8365 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8366 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8369 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8370 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8371 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8373 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8374 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8376 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8377 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8379 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8380 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8386 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8393 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8394 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8395 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8398 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8401 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8402 if (default_imported_symver
)
8404 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8405 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8407 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8409 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8410 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8411 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8412 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8414 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8416 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8417 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8418 goto error_return_verdef
;
8419 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8420 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8421 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8422 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8423 goto error_return_verdef
;
8425 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8426 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8432 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8438 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8440 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8442 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8445 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8446 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8450 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8454 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8457 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8458 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8462 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8465 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8466 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8469 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8470 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8471 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8474 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8475 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8476 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8477 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8478 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8479 we treat such symbols as local. */
8480 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8483 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8484 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8485 These labels have the form:
8487 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8489 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8491 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8492 so we only need to match the rest. */
8493 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8495 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8499 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8501 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8503 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8504 /* A fake symbol. */
8507 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8508 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8509 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8510 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8511 other than some kind of local ? */
8528 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8529 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8536 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8537 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8538 unsigned long machine
)
8540 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8541 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8542 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8543 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8544 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8547 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8550 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8551 for error reporting. */
8554 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8558 const char **filename_ptr
,
8559 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8560 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8561 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8565 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8566 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8567 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8568 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8569 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8570 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8571 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8574 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8575 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8576 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8581 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8582 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8583 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8584 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8586 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8589 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8592 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8593 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8600 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8603 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8604 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8606 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8607 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8608 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8609 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8612 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8613 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8614 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8615 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8616 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8619 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8620 const char **filename_ptr
,
8621 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8622 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8625 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8626 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8627 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8632 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8634 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8635 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8637 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8639 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8641 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8643 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8646 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8647 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8650 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8653 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8661 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8663 const void *location
,
8665 bfd_size_type count
)
8667 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8670 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8671 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8677 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8678 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8680 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8681 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8682 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8683 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8684 || contents
== NULL
)
8686 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8689 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8690 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8691 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8698 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8699 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8700 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8705 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8708 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8710 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8712 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8714 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8715 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8717 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8718 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8720 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8722 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8725 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8728 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8731 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8734 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8737 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8740 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8746 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8748 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8750 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8751 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8753 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8758 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8764 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8767 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8770 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8773 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8776 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8782 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8786 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8795 /* xgettext:c-format */
8796 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8797 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8803 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8805 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8806 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8808 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8809 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8810 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8813 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8816 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8817 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8818 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8821 bfd_reloc_status_type
8822 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8823 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8824 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8825 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8826 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8828 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8831 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8832 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8833 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8834 out details about the corefile. */
8836 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8837 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8838 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8839 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8842 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8843 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8846 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8850 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8852 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8857 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8858 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8859 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8863 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8867 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8870 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8874 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8875 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8876 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8880 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8881 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8882 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8883 such a section already exists.
8884 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8885 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8886 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8888 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8894 char *threaded_name
;
8898 /* Build the section name. */
8900 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8901 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8902 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8903 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8905 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8907 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8912 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8913 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8915 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8918 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8920 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8924 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8927 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8932 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8936 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8937 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8938 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8940 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8941 has already been set by another thread. */
8942 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8943 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8944 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8945 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8947 /* pr_who exists on:
8950 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8953 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8959 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8960 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8962 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8963 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8965 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8966 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8967 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8969 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8970 has already been set by another thread. */
8971 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8973 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8976 /* pr_who exists on:
8979 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8982 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8983 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8985 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8988 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8991 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8992 note size (ie. data object type). */
8996 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8997 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8998 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9000 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9002 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9004 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9006 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9008 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9009 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9012 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9013 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9014 data structure apart. */
9017 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9019 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9022 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9023 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9027 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9029 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9032 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9033 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9034 contents literally. */
9037 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9039 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9043 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9045 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9049 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9051 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9055 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9057 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9061 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9063 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9067 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9069 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9073 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9075 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9079 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9081 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9085 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9087 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9091 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9093 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9097 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9099 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9103 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9105 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9109 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9111 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9115 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9117 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9121 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9123 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9127 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9129 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9133 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9135 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9139 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9141 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9144 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9145 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9146 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9147 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9151 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9152 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9153 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9154 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9158 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9159 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9160 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9163 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9166 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9174 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9178 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9184 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9186 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9188 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9190 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9192 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9194 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9195 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9197 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9198 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9199 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9201 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9202 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9203 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9205 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9206 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9208 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9209 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9211 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9213 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9217 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9218 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9220 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9221 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9222 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9228 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9229 note size (ie. data object type). */
9233 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9234 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9235 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9238 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9239 int n
= strlen (command
);
9241 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9242 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9247 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9249 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9251 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9253 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9254 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9255 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9261 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9263 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9265 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9266 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9268 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9271 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9273 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9276 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9277 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9278 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9282 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9284 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9286 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9288 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9294 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9295 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9296 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9301 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9303 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9304 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9306 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9307 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9309 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9311 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9312 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9313 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9316 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9318 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9322 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9323 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9324 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9325 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9328 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9329 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9330 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9333 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9335 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9338 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9340 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9341 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9342 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9345 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9347 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9351 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9352 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9353 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9354 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9357 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9358 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9359 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9362 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9364 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9366 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9369 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9376 int is_active_thread
;
9379 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9382 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9385 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9389 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9390 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9391 /* process_info.pid */
9392 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9393 /* process_info.signal */
9394 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9397 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9398 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9399 /* thread_info.tid */
9400 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9402 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9403 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9407 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9409 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9413 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9415 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9416 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9417 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9419 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9420 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9422 if (is_active_thread
)
9423 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9427 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9428 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9429 /* module_info.base_address */
9430 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9431 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9433 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9434 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9438 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9440 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9445 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9446 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9447 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9458 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9460 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9468 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9469 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9471 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9472 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9477 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9479 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9482 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9484 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9487 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9488 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9490 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9491 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9493 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9494 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9495 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9496 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9500 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9501 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9502 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9503 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9508 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9509 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9510 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9515 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9516 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9517 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9521 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9522 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9523 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9524 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9529 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9530 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9531 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9535 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9536 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9537 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9538 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9542 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9543 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9544 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9545 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9550 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9551 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9552 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9556 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9557 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9558 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9559 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9563 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9564 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9565 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9566 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9570 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9571 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9572 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9573 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9578 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9579 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9580 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9584 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9585 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9586 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9587 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9591 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9592 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9593 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9594 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9599 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9600 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9601 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9606 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9607 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9608 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9612 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9613 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9614 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9615 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9619 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9620 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9621 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9622 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9628 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9629 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9631 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9632 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9639 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9644 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9645 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9646 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9652 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9656 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9663 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9665 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9667 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9670 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9671 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9674 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9675 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9676 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9682 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9689 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9690 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9695 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9697 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9698 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9701 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9702 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9703 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9705 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9711 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9716 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9724 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9728 switch (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
)
9731 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
9736 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
9744 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9745 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9749 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9750 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
9754 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9758 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9759 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9760 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
9763 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9765 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
9768 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9771 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9772 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
9775 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9776 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9782 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9787 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9788 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9792 /* Skip over pr_statussz. */
9793 switch (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
)
9800 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_statussz. */
9808 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
9809 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
9810 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9812 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9814 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
9815 offset
+= (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
/ 8) * 2;
9817 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
9820 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
9821 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9823 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9826 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
9827 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
9828 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9831 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
9832 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
9835 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9836 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9837 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9841 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9846 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9849 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9852 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9854 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
9855 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9856 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
9860 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
9862 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9867 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 4;
9868 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 4;
9869 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9875 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9876 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9886 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9890 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9893 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9900 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9902 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9903 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9904 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9906 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9908 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9910 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9912 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9914 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9919 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9923 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
9924 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
9926 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
9928 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9929 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9930 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9931 creates a core file. */
9933 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9936 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9937 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9938 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9941 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
9945 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
9947 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9948 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9950 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
9951 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
9954 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
9955 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9957 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
9958 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9964 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9965 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9970 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9971 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9973 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9974 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9984 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9986 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9987 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9988 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9990 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9991 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9992 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9994 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9995 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9996 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10002 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10004 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10005 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10007 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10008 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10010 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10011 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10013 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10014 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10016 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10018 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10023 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10024 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10025 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10030 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10032 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10037 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10038 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10039 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10048 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10050 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10057 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10058 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10060 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10061 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10063 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10064 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10066 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10067 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10069 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10070 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10073 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10074 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10075 thread just in case. */
10076 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10079 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10080 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10082 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10085 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10087 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10091 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10092 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10093 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10095 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10099 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10100 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10108 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10109 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10111 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10114 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10116 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10120 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10121 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10122 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10124 /* This is the current thread. */
10125 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10126 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10131 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10132 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10133 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10134 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10137 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10139 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10140 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10142 static long tid
= 1;
10144 switch (note
->type
)
10146 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10147 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10148 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10149 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10150 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10151 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10152 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10153 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10160 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10166 /* Use note name as section name. */
10167 len
= note
->namesz
;
10168 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10171 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10172 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10174 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10178 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10179 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10180 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10185 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10188 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10192 size of data for note
10194 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10195 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10196 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10197 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10200 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10203 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10211 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10218 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10220 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10222 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10225 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10226 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10227 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10228 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10229 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10230 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10234 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10242 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10253 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10257 const char *psargs
)
10259 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10261 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10264 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10265 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10270 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10271 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10272 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10274 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10276 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10279 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10282 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10283 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10284 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10285 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10286 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10291 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10293 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10296 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10299 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10300 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10301 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10302 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10303 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10305 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10312 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10313 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10314 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10316 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
10318 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10319 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10320 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10324 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10325 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10326 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10328 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
10330 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10331 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10332 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10336 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10345 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10348 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10350 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10355 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10356 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10357 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10359 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10361 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10362 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10363 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10364 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10365 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10366 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10373 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10374 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10375 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10376 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10377 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10378 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10380 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10386 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10388 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10395 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10396 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10398 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10399 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10400 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10401 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10402 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10403 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10404 #if !defined(gregs)
10405 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10406 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10408 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10409 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10412 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10413 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10415 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10417 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10419 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10423 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10424 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10426 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10427 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10430 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10434 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10435 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10436 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10437 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10445 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10446 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10447 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10448 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10452 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10455 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10458 const void *fpregs
,
10461 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10462 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10463 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10467 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10470 const void *xfpregs
,
10473 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10474 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10475 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10479 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10480 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10483 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10484 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10486 note_name
= "LINUX";
10487 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10488 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10492 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10495 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10498 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10499 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10500 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10504 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10507 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10510 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10511 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10512 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10516 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10519 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10522 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10523 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10524 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10525 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10529 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10532 const void *s390_timer
,
10535 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10536 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10537 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10541 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10544 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10547 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10548 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10549 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10553 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10556 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10559 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10560 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10561 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10565 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10568 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10571 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10572 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10573 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10577 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10580 const void *s390_prefix
,
10583 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10584 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10585 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10589 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10592 const void *s390_last_break
,
10595 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10596 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10597 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10598 s390_last_break
, size
);
10602 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10605 const void *s390_system_call
,
10608 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10609 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10610 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10611 s390_system_call
, size
);
10615 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10618 const void *s390_tdb
,
10621 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10622 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10623 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10627 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10630 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10633 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10634 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10635 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10639 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10642 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10645 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10646 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10647 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10648 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10652 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10655 const void *arm_vfp
,
10658 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10659 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10660 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10664 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10667 const void *aarch_tls
,
10670 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10671 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10672 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10676 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10679 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10682 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10683 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10684 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10688 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10691 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10694 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10695 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10696 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
10700 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10703 const char *section
,
10707 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10708 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10709 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10710 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10711 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10712 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10713 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10714 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10715 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10716 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10717 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10718 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10719 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10720 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10721 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10722 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10723 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10724 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10725 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10726 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10727 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10728 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10729 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10730 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10731 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10732 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10733 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10734 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10735 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10736 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10737 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10738 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10739 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10740 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10741 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10742 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10743 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10744 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10745 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10746 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10751 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10756 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10758 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10759 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10760 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10762 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10765 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10767 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10768 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10769 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10772 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10773 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10774 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10776 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10777 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10780 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10787 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10790 const char * string
;
10792 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10796 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10797 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
10798 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10799 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10800 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10801 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10803 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10806 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10808 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10809 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10810 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10812 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10821 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10823 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10826 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10827 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10829 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10835 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10842 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10849 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10852 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10856 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10857 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10860 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10861 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10871 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10873 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10874 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10875 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10878 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10880 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10882 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10886 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10889 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10890 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10891 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10892 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10894 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10895 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10898 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10902 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10904 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10908 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10909 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10910 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10915 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10916 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10917 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10918 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10920 return reloc_class_normal
;
10923 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10924 relocation against a local symbol. */
10927 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10928 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10930 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10932 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10933 bfd_vma relocation
;
10935 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
10936 + sec
->output_offset
10938 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10939 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
10940 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10943 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10944 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10945 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
10948 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10949 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10950 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10951 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10952 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10953 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10954 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
10957 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
10958 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
10964 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10965 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10969 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10971 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10972 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
10974 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10975 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10976 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
10979 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
10980 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
10981 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
10982 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
10986 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
10987 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10991 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10993 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10994 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10996 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10997 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
11000 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
11002 /* Reverse the offset. */
11003 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11004 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
11006 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11007 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11008 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
11014 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11015 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11016 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11017 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11018 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11019 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11021 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11022 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11023 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11024 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11025 the remote memory. */
11028 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11031 bfd_size_type size
,
11032 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
11033 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
11035 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
11036 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
11040 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
11041 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11042 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11047 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11050 const char *relplt_name
;
11051 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
11055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11061 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
11064 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
11067 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
11070 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
11071 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
11072 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11073 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
11074 if (relplt
== NULL
)
11077 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
11078 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
11079 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
11082 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
11086 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
11087 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
11090 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
11091 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
11092 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11093 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11095 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
11096 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11099 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
11101 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11106 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
11110 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
11111 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11113 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11118 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
11119 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11122 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11123 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11124 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11125 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
11126 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
11127 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
11129 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
11132 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
11133 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
11135 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11139 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11140 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11141 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
11142 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
11145 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
11148 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11149 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
11156 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11157 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11158 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. t*/
11159 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11160 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, NULL
,
11161 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
11164 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
11165 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11167 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11169 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
11171 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
11173 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11174 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11175 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11176 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11177 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
11178 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
11182 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11183 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11184 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11187 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
11189 return (type
== STT_FUNC
11190 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
11193 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11194 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11195 otherwise return zero. */
11198 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
11201 bfd_size_type size
;
11203 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
11204 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
11205 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
11208 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
11210 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
11211 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;